blob: b49154076e99d6c95bddc53e1a16b2baa5e5dfd4 [file] [log] [blame]
Tom Rini10e47792018-05-06 17:58:06 -04001# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02003# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005
6Summary:
7========
8
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00009This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000010Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
11processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
12initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
13code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000014
15The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000016the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
17header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000018support booting of Linux images.
19
20Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
21configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
22implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
23add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
24code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
25load and run it dynamically.
26
27
28Status:
29=======
30
31In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000032Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000033"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
34
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050035In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
36the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
37scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
38companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000039
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050040Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
41actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
42from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000043
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050051U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050061The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010062git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Simon Glassaaef3bf2019-08-01 09:47:14 -060086 * ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa30245ca2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500137 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000140 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400142 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200143 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800144 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500145 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400147 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
149/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuanfb1f9392016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800150/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500151/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500152/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
154/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
155/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400156/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
158/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
159/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500160/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
161/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500162/net Networking code
163/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
165/test Various unit test files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168Software Configuration:
169=======================
170
171Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
172rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
173
174There are two classes of configuration variables:
175
176* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
177 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
178 "CONFIG_".
179
180* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
181 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
182 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200183 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000184
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500185Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
186symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
187U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
188allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
189build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000190
191
192Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
193---------------------------------------------------
194
195For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200196configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000197
198Example: For a TQM823L module type:
199
200 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200201 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000202
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500203Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
204you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
205doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600207Sandbox Environment:
208--------------------
209
210U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
211board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
212specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
213run some of U-Boot's tests.
214
Keerthyfa002552019-07-29 13:52:04 +0530215See doc/arch/index.rst for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600216
217
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700218Board Initialisation Flow:
219--------------------------
220
221This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500222SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
223
224Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
225more detail later in this file.
226
227At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
228and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
229may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
230CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700231
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500232Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
233CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
234
235 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
236 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
237 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
238
239and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
240limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700241
242lowlevel_init():
243 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
244 - no global_data or BSS
245 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
246 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
247 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
248 board_init_f()
249 - this is almost never needed
250 - return normally from this function
251
252board_init_f():
253 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
254 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
255 - global_data is available
256 - stack is in SRAM
257 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
258 only stack variables and global_data
259
260 Non-SPL-specific notes:
261 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
262 can do nothing
263
264 SPL-specific notes:
265 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
266 version as needed.
267 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
268 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
269 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
Andreas Dannenberg7673bed2019-08-08 12:54:49 -0500270 - for specific scenarios on certain architectures an early BSS *can*
271 be made available (via CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS by moving the clearing
272 of BSS prior to entering board_init_f()) but doing so is discouraged.
273 Instead it is strongly recommended to architect any code changes
274 or additions such to not depend on the availability of BSS during
275 board_init_f() as indicated in other sections of this README to
276 maintain compatibility and consistency across the entire code base.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700277 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
278 directly)
279
280Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
281this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
282CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
283memory.
284
285board_init_r():
286 - purpose: main execution, common code
287 - global_data is available
288 - SDRAM is available
289 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
290 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
291
292 Non-SPL-specific notes:
293 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
294 there.
295
296 SPL-specific notes:
297 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
298 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
299 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan48fcc4a2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800300 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700301 spl_board_init() function containing this call
302 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
303
304
305
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000306Configuration Options:
307----------------------
308
309Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
310such information is kept in a configuration file
311"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
312
313Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
314"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
315
316
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000317Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
318kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
319build a config tool - later.
320
Ashish Kumar11234062017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530321- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
322 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
323 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
324 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
325
326 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
327
328 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
329 CCN-400
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000330
Ashish Kumar97393d62017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530331 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
332
333 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
334
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000335The following options need to be configured:
336
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500337- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500339- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200340
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000342 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
343
344 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
345 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
346 compliance, among other possible reasons.
347
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600348 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
349
350 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
351 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
352 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
353
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500354 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
355
356 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
357 tree nodes for the given platform.
358
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
360
361 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
362 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
364
365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
367
368 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
369 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
370
371 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
372 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
373 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
374 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
375
376 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
377 this erratum.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530379 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
380 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800381 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530382
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530383 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
384 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800385 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530386
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
388
389 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
390 according to the A004510 workaround.
391
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
393 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
394 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
395
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
397 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
398 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
399
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
401 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
402 connected to the DSP core.
403
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
405 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
406
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
408 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
409 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
410 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
411
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
413 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800414 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530415
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800416 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800417 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800418 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
419
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000420- Generic CPU options:
421 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
422
423 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
424 values is arch specific.
425
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
427 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
428 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
429 SoCs.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
432 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
435 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
436 deskew training are not available.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
439 Freescale DDR1 controller.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
442 Freescale DDR2 controller.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
445 Freescale DDR3 controller.
446
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
448 Freescale DDR4 controller.
449
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
452
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
454 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
455 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
456 implemetation.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day8d56db92016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400459 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
461 implementation.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
464 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700465 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
468 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
469 DDR3L controllers.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
472 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700474
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
476 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
477
478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
479 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
480
Prabhakar Kushwaha3c48f582017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
482 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
483
Prabhakar Kushwahabedc5622017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
485 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
486
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
488 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
489 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
492 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
493 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
494 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
495
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
497 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
500 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
501
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
503 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
504 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
505 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
506
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
508 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
509 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
510 SoCs with ARM core.
511
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
513 Number of controllers used as main memory.
514
515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
516 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
517
Prabhakar Kushwaha122bcfd2015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
519 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
520
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530521 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
522 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
523
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
525 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
526
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200527- MIPS CPU options:
528 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
529
530 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
531 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
532 relocation.
533
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200534 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
535
536 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
537 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
538 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
539
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000540- ARM options:
541 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
542
543 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
544 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
545
York Sun77a10972015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700546 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
547 Generic timer clock source frequency.
548
549 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
550 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
551 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
552 at run time.
553
Stephen Warren8d1fb312015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700554- Tegra SoC options:
555 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
556
557 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
558 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
559 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
560
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000561- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000562 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
563
564 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
565 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
566 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
567 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
568 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
569 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
570 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000571 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100572 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000573 default environment.
574
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000575 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
576
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800577 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000578 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
579 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
580
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400581 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200582
583 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400584 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
585 concepts).
586
587 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
588 * New libfdt-based support
589 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500590 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400591
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200592 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600593 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200594
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200595 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
596 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500597
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600598 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
599
600 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
601 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000602
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600603 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
604
605 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
606 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
607 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
608 the kernel.
609
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200610 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
611
612 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
613 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
614 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
615 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
616 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
617 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
618
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000619 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
620
621 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
622 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
623 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
624 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
625 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
626 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
627 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
628
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100629- vxWorks boot parameters:
630
631 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Mengfb694b92015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700632 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
633 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100634 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
635
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100636 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
637 the defaults discussed just above.
638
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000639- Cache Configuration:
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000640 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
641
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000642- Cache Configuration for ARM:
643 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
644 controller
645 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
646 controller register space
647
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000648- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200649 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000650
651 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
652
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200653 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000654
655 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
656
657 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
658
659 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
660 the clock speed of the UARTs.
661
662 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
663
664 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
665 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
666 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
667
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400668 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
669
670 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
671 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000672
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673- Console Baudrate:
674 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
675 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200676 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000678- Autoboot Command:
679 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
680 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
681 define a command string that is automatically executed
682 when no character is read on the console interface
683 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
684
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000686 The value of these goes into the environment as
687 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
688 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200689 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691- Serial Download Echo Mode:
692 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
693 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
694 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
695 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
696 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
697 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
698 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
699
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500700- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000701 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
702 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200703 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
Simon Glassaa34ef22016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600705- Removal of commands
706 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
707 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
708 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
709 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
710 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
711 simple boot procedures.
712
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000713- Regular expression support:
714 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200715 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
716 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
717 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
718 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000719
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000720- Device tree:
721 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
722 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
723 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
724 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
725 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
726 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
727
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000728 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700729 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000730
731 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
732 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
733 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
734 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
735 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1f17f192017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900736 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000737
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000738 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
739 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
740 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
741 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
742
743 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
744
745 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
746 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
747 still use the individual files if you need something more
748 exotic.
749
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700750 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
751 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
752 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
753 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
754 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
755
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000756- Watchdog:
757 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
758 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000759 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200760 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
761 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
762 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
763 available, then no further board specific code should
764 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000765
766 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
767 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
768 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
769 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771- Real-Time Clock:
772
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000774 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
775 following options:
776
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000778 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000779 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000780 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000782 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200783 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000784 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100785 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000786 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2d3ac512017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200787 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200788 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
789 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000790
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000791 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
792 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
793
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600794- GPIO Support:
795 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600796
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000797 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
798 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
799 pins supported by a particular chip.
800
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600801 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
802 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
803
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600804- I/O tracing:
805 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
806 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
807 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
808 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
809 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
810 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
811 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
812 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
813
814 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
815 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
816 still continue to operate.
817
818 iotrace is enabled
819 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
820 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
821 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
822 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
823 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
824 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
825
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826- Timestamp Support:
827
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000828 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
829 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
830 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000833- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
834 Zero or more of the following:
835 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000836 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
837 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
838 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
839 disk/part_efi.c
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600840 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000841 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842
843- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000844 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
845 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000846
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000847 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
848 be performed by calling the function
849 ide_set_reset(int reset)
850 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851
852- ATAPI Support:
853 CONFIG_ATAPI
854
855 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
856
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000857- LBA48 Support
858 CONFIG_LBA48
859
860 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100861 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000862 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
863 support disks up to 2.1TB.
864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200865 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000866 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
867 Default is 32bit.
868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200870 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
871 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
872 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
874 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000875
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200876 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
877 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000880 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000881 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
882
883 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
884 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
885 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
886 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
887
888 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
889 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
890 example with the "sspi" command.
891
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000892 CONFIG_EEPRO100
893 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000894
895 CONFIG_TULIP
896 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898 CONFIG_NATSEMI
899 Support for National dp83815 chips.
900
901 CONFIG_NS8382X
902 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
903
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000904- NETWORK Support (other):
905
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100906 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
907 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
908
909 CONFIG_RMII
910 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
911
912 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
913 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
914 The driver doen't show link status messages.
915
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000916 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
917 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
918
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000919 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000920 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
921
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000922 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
923 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
924
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000925 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000926 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
927
928 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
929 Define this to hold the physical address
930 of the device (I/O space)
931
932 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
933 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
934
935 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
936 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
937 (some hardware wont work with macros)
938
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500939 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
940 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
941
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800942 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
943 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
944
945 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
946 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
947 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
948 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
949 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
950 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
951 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
952 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
953
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +0900954 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
955 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
956
957 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
958 Define the number of ports to be used
959
960 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
961 Define the ETH PHY's address
962
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +0900963 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
964 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
965
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000966- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000967 CONFIG_TPM
968 Support TPM devices.
969
Christophe Ricard8759ff82015-10-06 22:54:41 +0200970 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
971 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000972 per system is supported at this time.
973
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000974 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
975 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
976
Christophe Ricard88249232016-01-21 23:27:13 +0100977 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
978 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
979
980 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
981 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
982 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
983
Christophe Ricard5ffadc32016-01-21 23:27:14 +0100984 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
985 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
986 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
987
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +0200988 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
989 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
990
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000991 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000992 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
993 per system is supported at this time.
994
995 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
996 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
997 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
998 0xfed40000.
999
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001000 CONFIG_TPM
1001 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1002 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1003 Requires support for a TPM device.
1004
1005 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1006 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1007 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1008
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001009- USB Support:
1010 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher6f90e582017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001011 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1013 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001014 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001015 storage devices.
1016 Note:
1017 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1018 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001019
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001020 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1021 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1022
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001023 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1024 HW module registers.
1025
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001026- USB Device:
1027 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1028 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1029 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001030 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001031 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1032 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001033 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001034 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1035 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1036 a Linux host by
1037 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1038 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1039 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1040 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001041
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001042 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1043 Define this to build a UDC device
1044
1045 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1046 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1047 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001048
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301049 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1050 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1051 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1052 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1053 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1054 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1055 speed.
1056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001057 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001058 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1059 be set to usbtty.
1060
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001061 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001062 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001063 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001064 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1065 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1066 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1067
1068 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1069 Define this string as the name of your company for
1070 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001071
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001072 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1073 Define this string as the name of your product
1074 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001076 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1077 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1078 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1079 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1080 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001081
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001082 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1083 Define this as the unique Product ID
1084 for your device
1085 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001086
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001087- ULPI Layer Support:
1088 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1089 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1090 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1091 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1092 viewport is supported.
1093 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1094 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001095 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1096 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1097 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001099- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001100 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1101 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1102 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001103 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001104 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1105 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001106
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001107 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1108 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1109
1110 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1111 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1112
1113 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1114 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1115
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001116- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasut7f8d4362018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001117 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001118 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1119
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001120 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1121 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1122
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301123 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1124 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1125 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1126 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1127 one that would help mostly the developer.
1128
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001129 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1130 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1131 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1132 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1133 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1134
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001135 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1136 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1137 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1138 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1139 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1140 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1141
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001142 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1143 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1144 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1145 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1146
1147 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1148 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1149 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1150 sending again an USB request to the device.
1151
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001152- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassfa8527b2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001153 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001154 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001156 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1157 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001158 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001161 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1162
1163 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1164
1165 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1166 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1167 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1168 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1169 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170
1171- Video support:
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001172 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001173 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001174 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1175 support, and should also define these other macros:
1176
1177 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1178 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001179 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1180 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1181 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1182 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1183 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1184
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001185 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1186 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevamd3ad5e52016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001187 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001188 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001190- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1191
1192 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1193 display); also select one of the supported displays
1194 by defining one of these:
1195
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001196 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1197
1198 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1199
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001200 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001201
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001202 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001204 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1205
1206 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1207 Active, color, single scan.
1208
1209 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001210
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001211 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212 Active, color, single scan.
1213
1214 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1215
1216 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1217 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1218
1219 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1220
1221 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1222 Active, color, single scan.
1223
1224 CONFIG_HLD1045
1225
1226 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1227 Active, color, single scan.
1228
1229 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1230
1231 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1232 or
1233 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1234 or
1235 Hitachi SP14Q002
1236
1237 320x240. Black & white.
1238
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001239 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1240
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001241 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001242 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1243 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1244 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1245 a per-section basis.
1246
1247
Hannes Petermaiera3c8e862015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001248 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1249
1250 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1251 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1252 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1253 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1254 printed out.
1255 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1256 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1257 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1258 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1259 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1260 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1261 1 = 90 degree rotation
1262 2 = 180 degree rotation
1263 3 = 270 degree rotation
1264
1265 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1266 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1267
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001268 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1269
1270 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1271
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001272 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1273
1274 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1275 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1276
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001277- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001278
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001279 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1280 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1281 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001282 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001283 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1284 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1285 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1286 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001287
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001288 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1289
1290 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1291 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevama58b4912016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001292 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001293 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1294 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1295 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1296 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1297 there is no need to set this option.
1298
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001299 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1300
1301 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1302 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1303 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1304 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1305 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1306 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1307
1308 Example:
1309 setenv splashpos m,m
1310 => image at center of screen
1311
1312 setenv splashpos 30,20
1313 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1314
1315 setenv splashpos -10,m
1316 => vertically centered image
1317 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1318
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001319- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1320
1321 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1322 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1323 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1324
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001325- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1326
1327 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1328 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1329 bmp command.
1330
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001331- MII/PHY support:
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001332 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1333
1334 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1335
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001336 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1337
1338 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1339 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1340 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1341 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1342
1343 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1344
1345 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1346 command issued before MII status register can be read
1347
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001348- IP address:
1349 CONFIG_IPADDR
1350
1351 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001352 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001353 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001354 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001355
1356- Server IP address:
1357 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1358
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001359 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001360 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001361 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001362
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001363 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1364
1365 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1366 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1367
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001368- Gateway IP address:
1369 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1370
1371 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1372 default router where packets to other networks are
1373 sent to.
1374 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1375
1376- Subnet mask:
1377 CONFIG_NETMASK
1378
1379 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1380 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1381 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1382 forwarded through a router.
1383 (Environment variable "netmask")
1384
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001385- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1386 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1387
1388 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1389 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1390 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1391 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1392 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1393 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1394 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1395 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001396 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001397
1398 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1399 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1400 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1401 4th and following
1402 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1403
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001404 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1405
1406 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1407 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1408 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1409 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1410 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1411 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1412 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1413 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1414 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1415 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1416 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1417 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1418 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1419 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1420 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1421
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001422- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001423 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1424 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001425
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001426 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001427 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001428 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1429 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1430 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1431 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001432 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001433
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001434 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1435 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001436
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001437 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1438 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1439 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1440 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1441 is not available.
1442
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001443 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1444 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1445 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001446 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001447 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1448 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001449
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001450 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1451
1452 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1453 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1454 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1455 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1456 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1457 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1458 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1459 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1460 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1461 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1462 this delay.
1463
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001464 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1465 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1466 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1467 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1468 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1469
1470 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1471
Prabhakar Kushwaha2dec06f2017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301472 - MAC address from environment variables
1473
1474 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1475
1476 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1477 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1478 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1479 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1480
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001481 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001482 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001483
1484 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1485
1486 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1487
1488 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1489 of the device.
1490
1491 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1492
1493 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1494 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001495 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001496
1497 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1498
1499 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1500 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1501
1502 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1503
1504 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1505
1506 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1507
1508 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1509
1510 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1511
1512 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1513
1514 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1515
1516 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1517 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1518
1519 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1520
1521 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1522
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001523- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001524
1525 Several configurations allow to display the current
1526 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1527 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1528 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1529 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1530 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001531 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001532 feature in U-Boot.
1533
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001534 Additional options:
1535
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001536 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001537 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1538 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001539 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001540 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1541
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001542 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1543 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1544 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1545 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1546 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1547 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1548
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001549- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001550
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001551 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1552 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001553 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1554 for defining speed and slave address
1555 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1556 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1557 for defining speed and slave address
1558 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1559 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1560 for defining speed and slave address
1561 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1562 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1563 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001564
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001565 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1566 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1567 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1568 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1570 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001571 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001572 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1574 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1575 second bus.
1576
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001577 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001578 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1579 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1580 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001581
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001582 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1583 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1584 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1585 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1586
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001587 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1588 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001589 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1590 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1591 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1592 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001593 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1594 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1595 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1596 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1597 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1598 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001599 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1600 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001601 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001602 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1603
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001604 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1605 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1606 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1607
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001608 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1609 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1610 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1611
1612 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1613 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1614 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1615 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1616 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1617 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1618 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1619 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1620 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1621 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001622 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001623
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001624 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1625 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1626 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1627 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1628 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1629 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1630 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1631 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1632 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1633 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1634 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1635 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1636
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301637 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1638 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1639 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1640 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1641 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1642
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001643 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1644 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1645 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1646 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1647 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1648 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1649 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1650 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1651 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1652 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1653 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1654 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1655 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1656 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach9ac33852015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001657 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1658 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1659 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1660 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1661 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1662 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1663 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1664 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1665 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001666
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001667 additional defines:
1668
1669 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001670 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001671
1672 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1673 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1674 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1675 omit this define.
1676
1677 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1678 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1679 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1680 define.
1681
1682 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001683 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001684 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1685 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1686 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1687
1688 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1689 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1690 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1691 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1692 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1693 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1694 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1695 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1696 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1697 }
1698
1699 which defines
1700 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001701 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1702 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1703 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1704 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1705 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001706 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001707 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1708 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001709
1710 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1711
Simon Glass3efce392017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001712- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001713 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001714 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1715 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001716
1717 I2C_INIT
1718
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001719 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001720 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001721
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001722 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001723
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001724 I2C_ACTIVE
1725
1726 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1727 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1728 define can be null.
1729
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001730 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1731
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001732 I2C_TRISTATE
1733
1734 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1735 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1736 define can be null.
1737
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001738 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740 I2C_READ
1741
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001742 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1743 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001744
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001745 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001747 I2C_SDA(bit)
1748
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001749 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1750 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001751
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001752 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001753 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001754 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001755
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756 I2C_SCL(bit)
1757
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001758 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1759 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001760
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001761 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001762 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001763 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001765 I2C_DELAY
1766
1767 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1768 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001769 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001770 like:
1771
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001772 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001773
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001774 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1775
1776 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1777 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1778 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1779 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1780
1781 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1782 the generic GPIO functions.
1783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001784 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001785
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001786 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1787 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1788 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1789 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1790 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1791 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1792 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1793 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001794
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001795 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1796
1797 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001798 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1799 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001800 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001802 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001803
1804 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001805 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001806 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1807 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001808
1809 e.g.
1810 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001811 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001812
1813 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1814
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001815 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001816 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001817
1818 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001820 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001821
1822 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1823 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001825 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001826
1827 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1828 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1829
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001830 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1831
1832 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1833 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1834 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1835 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1836 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1837 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1838 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001840- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1841
1842 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1843 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1844 D/As on the SACSng board)
1845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1847
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001848 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1849 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1850 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1851 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1852 defined, the board configuration must define several
1853 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1854 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001856 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1857 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1858 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1859
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001860- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001862 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1863
1864 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1865
1866 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1867 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001869 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001871 Enables support for FPGA family.
1872 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1873
1874 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
1875
1876 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001878 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001880 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001882 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001883
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001884 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1885 status by the configuration function. This option
1886 will require a board or device specific function to
1887 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001888
1889 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1890
1891 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1892 configuration driver.
1893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001894 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001895 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001897 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001899 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1900 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1901 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1902 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001904 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001905
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001906 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
1907 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001908 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001909 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001911 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001912
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001913 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001914 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001916 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001917
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001918 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001919 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001920
1921- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02001922
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001923 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1924
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001925 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1926 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001927
1928- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1929
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001930 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1931 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001932 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001933 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1934 protects these variables from casual modification by
1935 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1936 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001937 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
1939 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1940 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001941 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942 these parameters.
1943
Joe Hershberger76f353e2015-05-04 14:55:14 -05001944 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
1945 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001946 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1948 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1949 read-only.]
1950
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06001951 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
1952 for any variable by configuring the type of access
1953 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
1954 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
1955
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001956- Protected RAM:
1957 CONFIG_PRAM
1958
1959 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1960 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1961 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1962 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1963 this default value by defining an environment
1964 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1965 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
1966 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
1967 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
1968 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
1969 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
1970 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
1971
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01001972 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001973 saveenv
1974
1975 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
1976 either, which results in a memory region that will
1977 not be affected by reboots.
1978
1979 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
1980 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
1981 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
1982 following board configurations are known to be
1983 "pRAM-clean":
1984
Heiko Schocher65d94db2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02001985 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00001986 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02001987 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00001989- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
1990 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
1991 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
1992 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
1993 machines using physical address extension or similar.
1994 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
1995 currently only supports clearing the memory.
1996
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
1999
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002000 This variable defines the number of retries for
2001 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2002 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2003 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002005 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2006
2007 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2008
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002009 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2010
2011 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2012 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2013 try longer timeout such as
2014 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002016- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002017 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018
2019 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2020 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2021 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2022
2023 Note:
2024
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002025 In the current implementation, the local variables
2026 space and global environment variables space are
2027 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2028 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2029 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2030 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2031 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002033 Global environment variables are those you use
2034 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2035 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2036 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002037
2038 To store commands and special characters in a
2039 variable, please use double quotation marks
2040 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2041 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2042 symbols.
2043
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002044- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasut734fb042016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002045 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2046
2047 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2048 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2049 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2050 and PS2.
2051
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002052- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002053 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2054
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002055 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2056 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002057 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002058
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002059 For example, place something like this in your
2060 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002061
2062 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2063 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2064 "myvar2=value2\0"
2065
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002066 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2067 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2068 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2069 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002070 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071 You better know what you are doing here.
2072
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002073 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2074 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002075 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002076 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002078 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2079
2080 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002081 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002082 that so that the environment is not available until
2083 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2084 this is instead controlled by the value of
2085 /config/load-environment.
2086
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002087- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2088 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2089
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002090 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002091 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002092 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002093 number generator is used.
2094
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002095 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2096 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2097 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2098
2099 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002100 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2101 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2102 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2103 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2104 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2105 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2106
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002107 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2108
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002109 This option defines a board specific value for the
2110 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2111 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002112 settings.
2113
2114- Frame Buffer Address:
2115 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2116
2117 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002118 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2119 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2120 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2121 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2122 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2123 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2124 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002125
2126 Please see board_init_f function.
2127
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002128- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2129 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2130 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2131 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2132
2133 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2134 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2135
2136- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002137 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2138 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2139 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2140 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2141 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2142 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2143
2144 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2145 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2146 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2147 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2148 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2149
2150 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002151
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002152 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2153 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2154 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2155 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2156 flash), this value is ignored.
2157
2158 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2159 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2160 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2161 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2162 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2163 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2164
2165 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2166 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2167 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2168 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2169 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2170 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2171 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2172 partition.
2173
2174 default: 20
2175
2176 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2177 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2178 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2179 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2180 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2181 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2182 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2183 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2184 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2185 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2186 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2187 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2188
2189 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2190 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2191 without a fastmap.
2192 default: 0
2193
Heiko Schocher94b66de2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002194 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2195 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2196 default: 0
2197
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002198- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002199 CONFIG_SPL
2200 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002201
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002202 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2203 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2204
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002205 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2206 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2207 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2208 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002209 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002210 must not be both defined at the same time.
2211
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002212 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002213 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2214 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2215 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2216 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002217
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002218 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2219 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2220 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2221
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002222 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2223 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2224
2225 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002226 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2227 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2228 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002229 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002230 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002231
2232 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2233 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2234
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)287b0942015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002235 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2236 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2237 loaded does not have a signature.
2238 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2239 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2240 will be caught.
2241 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2242 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2243 and thus should be skipped silently.
2244
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002245 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2246 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2247 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2248 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2249
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002250 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2251 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam38e1a972015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002252 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2253 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2254 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002255
2256 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2257 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002258
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002259 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2260 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2261 See also: doc/README.falcon
2262
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002263 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2264 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2265 about the running system.
2266
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002267 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2268 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2269
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002270 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2271 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2272 used in raw mode
2273
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002274 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2275 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2276 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2277
2278 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2279 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2280 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2281 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2282 (for falcon mode)
2283
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002284 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2285 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2286 used in fs mode
2287
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002288 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2289 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2290
2291 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002292 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002293 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002294
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002295 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002296 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002297 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002298
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002299 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2300 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2301 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2302 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2303 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2304
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302305 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2306 Avoid SPL relocation
2307
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002308 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2309 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2310 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2311
2312 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2313 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2314
Jörg Krause6f8190f2018-01-14 19:26:38 +01002315 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_IDENT
2316 SPL uses the chip ID list to identify the NAND flash.
2317 Requires CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE.
2318
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002319 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2320 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2321
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002322 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002323 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2324 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002325
Thomas Gleixner820d24d2016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002326 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2327 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2328 loader
2329
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002330 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2331 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2332 if you need to save space.
2333
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002334 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2335 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2336 SPL binary.
2337
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2339 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2340 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2341 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2342 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2343 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002344 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002345
2346 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002347 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2348
2349 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2350 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2351
2352 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2353 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002354
2355 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002356 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002357
2358 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2359 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002360 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002361
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002362 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2363 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2364
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002365 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002366 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2367 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2368 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2369 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2370 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002371
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002372 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2373 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2374 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2375 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2376
Marek Vasut9f2e0eb2018-05-13 00:22:52 +02002377 CONFIG_SPL_FIT_PRINT
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002378 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2379 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2380 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2381 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2382
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002383- TPL framework
2384 CONFIG_TPL
2385 Enable building of TPL globally.
2386
2387 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2388 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2389 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002390 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2391 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2392 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002393
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002394- Interrupt support (PPC):
2395
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002396 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2397 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002398 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002399 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002400 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002401 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002402 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002403 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2404 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2405 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002406
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002408Board initialization settings:
2409------------------------------
2410
2411During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2412to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2413before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2414following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2415architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2416typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2417
2418- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2419- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2420- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2421- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002423Configuration Settings:
2424-----------------------
2425
Simon Glass8927bf22019-12-28 10:45:10 -07002426- MEM_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002427 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002429- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002430 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2431
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002432- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2433 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002435- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002436 prompt for user input.
2437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002438- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002440- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002442- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002444- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2446 booted
2447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002448- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002449 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2450
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002451- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002452 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002453 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2454 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2455 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002456 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002457 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2458 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2459
York Sun50739372015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002460- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002461 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002462 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002463 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002464 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2465 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2466 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002467 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002468 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002469 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002470
2471 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2472 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2473 be touched.
2474
2475 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2476 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2477 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2478 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2479 problems.
2480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002481- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002482 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002484- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002487- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002490- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002491 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2492 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002493 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002494 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002496- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002497 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2498 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2499 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2500 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2504
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002505- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2506 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2507 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2508 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2509 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2510 space.
2511
2512 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2513 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2514 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002515 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002516 U-Boot relocates itself.
2517
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002518- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2519 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2520 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2521 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2522
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002523- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2524 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2525 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2526 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2527 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2528 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2529 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2530 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2531 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2532 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2533 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2534 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2535 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2536 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2537 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2538 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2539
2540 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002542- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002543 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2544 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002545 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002546 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002548- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2550 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002551 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2552 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002553 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002554 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002555 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002556 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2557 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2558 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002559
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002560- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2561 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2562 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2563 is enabled.
2564
2565- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2566 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2567 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2568
2569- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2570 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2571 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002573- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574 Max number of Flash memory banks
2575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002576- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002577 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002582- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002585- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002586 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002588- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002589 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002591- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002592 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2593 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002595- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596
2597 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2598 without this option such a download has to be
2599 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2600 copy from RAM to flash.
2601
2602 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2603 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002604 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2605 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002608- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002609 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002610 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002612- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002613 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2614 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002615
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002616- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2617 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2618 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2619 to the MTD layer.
2620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002621- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002622 Use buffered writes to flash.
2623
2624- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2625 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2626 write commands.
2627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002628- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002629 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2630 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2631 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2632 optionally available.
2633
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002634- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2635 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2636 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2637 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2638
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002639- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2640 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2641 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2642 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2643 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2644 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2645 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2646 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002648- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002649 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2650 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002651 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2652 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002653 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002654 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2655
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002656- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2657
Wolfgang Denk1136f69e2010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002658 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2659 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2660 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2661 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2662 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002663
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002664- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2665- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002666 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002667 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
2668 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
2669 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
2670
2671 The format of the list is:
2672 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002673 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
2674 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002675 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
2676 list = entry[,list]
2677
2678 The type attributes are:
2679 s - String (default)
2680 d - Decimal
2681 x - Hexadecimal
2682 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
2683 i - IP address
2684 m - MAC address
2685
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002686 The access attributes are:
2687 a - Any (default)
2688 r - Read-only
2689 o - Write-once
2690 c - Change-default
2691
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002692 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2693 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002694 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002695
2696 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
2697 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
2698 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
2699 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
2700 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
2701 ".flags" variable.
2702
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05002703 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
2704 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
2705 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
2706
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2708of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2709following configurations:
2710
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002711- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2712
2713 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2714 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2715
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002717in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002718console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719U-Boot will hang.
2720
2721Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2722environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2723keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2724to save the current settings.
2725
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002726BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
2727"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00002728environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
2729but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002730
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002731- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2732
2733 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2734 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2735 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2736
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002737Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002738has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass64b723f2017-08-03 12:22:12 -06002739created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740until then to read environment variables.
2741
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002742The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2743is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2744with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2745necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2746"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2747have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748
2749Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2750the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002751use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002753- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002754 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002756 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002757 also needs to be defined.
2758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002759- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002760 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002762- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2763 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2764 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2765 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2766 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2767 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2768
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00002769- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
2770 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
2771 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
2772 to do this.
2773
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00002774- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
2775 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
2776 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
2777 present.
2778
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02002779- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
2780 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
2781 build system checks that the actual size does not
2782 exceed it.
2783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002785---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002787- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2789
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002790- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
2791 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
2792 PowerPC SOCs.
2793
2794- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
2795 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
2796 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
2797
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002798- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
2799 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
2800 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002801 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002802 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
2803 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
2804 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
2805
2806 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
2807 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
2808
2809- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002810 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
2811 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002812 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2813 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2814
2815- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
2816 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
2817 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2818 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2819
2820- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
2821 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
2822 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
2823
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00002824- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
2825 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
2826 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
2827 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
2828 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
2829 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002830 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00002831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002832- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002833 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02002834 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002836- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002837
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002838 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
2840 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
2841 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
2842 will become available only after programming the
2843 memory controller and running certain initialization
2844 sequences.
2845
2846 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02002847 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002849- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002850
2851 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002852 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
2853 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02002855 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glass9a6ac8b2016-10-02 18:01:06 -06002856 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
2858 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859
2860 Note:
2861 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
2862 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002863 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002864 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
2865 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
2866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002867- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002869- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870 SDRAM timing
2871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002872- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873 periodic timer for refresh
2874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002875- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
2876 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
2877 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
2878 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
2880
2881- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
2883 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
2885
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00002886- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002887 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00002888 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
2889 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
2890 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
2891 by coreboot or similar.
2892
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00002893- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
2894 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
2895
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06002896- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
2897 Chip has SRIO or not
2898
2899- CONFIG_SRIO1:
2900 Board has SRIO 1 port available
2901
2902- CONFIG_SRIO2:
2903 Board has SRIO 2 port available
2904
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08002905- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
2906 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
2907
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06002908- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
2909 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
2910
Simon Glass970b61e2019-11-14 12:57:09 -07002911- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYxS:
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06002912 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
2913
2914- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
2915 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
2916
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00002917- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
2918 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
2919 a 16 bit bus.
2920 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00002921 Example of drivers that use it:
Miquel Raynal1f1ae152018-08-16 17:30:07 +02002922 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/ndfc.c
2923 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04002924
2925- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
2926 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
2927 a default value will be used.
2928
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002929- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01002930 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
2931 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
2932
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002933 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
2934 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
2935
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002936- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01002937 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
2938 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
2939 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002940
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08002941- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
2942 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
2943 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
2944 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
2945 header files or board specific files.
2946
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07002947- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
2948 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
2949
York Sun8ced0502015-01-06 13:18:55 -08002950- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
2951 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
2952
York Sunb6a35f82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07002953- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
2954 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
2955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002956- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01002957 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
2958 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06002959
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00002960- CONFIG_RMII
2961 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
2962 Note that this is a global option, we can't
2963 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
2964
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002965- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
2966 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
2967 The syntax is:
2968
2969 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
2970
2971 Where address/count indicate a memory area
2972 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
2973 area should have.
2974
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00002975- CONFIG_LOOPW
2976 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06002977 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00002978
Joel Johnsondb5a97e2020-01-29 09:17:18 -07002979- CONFIG_CMD_MX_CYCLIC
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00002980 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
2981 "md/mw" commands.
2982 Examples:
2983
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002984 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00002985 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
2986
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002987 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00002988 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
2989
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002990 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06002991 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00002992
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00002993- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08002994 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01002995 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
2996 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
2997 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00002998
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01002999 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3000 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3001 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3002 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003003
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003004- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3005 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim7a203682016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003006 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003007 instruction cache) is still performed.
3008
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003009- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Thomas Hebbfd37f242019-11-13 18:18:03 -08003010 Set when the currently-running compilation is for an artifact
3011 that will end up in the SPL (as opposed to the TPL or U-Boot
3012 proper). Code that needs stage-specific behavior should check
3013 this.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003014
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003015- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
Thomas Hebbfd37f242019-11-13 18:18:03 -08003016 Set when the currently-running compilation is for an artifact
3017 that will end up in the TPL (as opposed to the SPL or U-Boot
3018 proper). Code that needs stage-specific behavior should check
3019 this.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003020
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003021- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3022 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3023 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3024 previous 4k of the .text section.
3025
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003026- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3027 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3028 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3029 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3030 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3031 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3032 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3033 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3034
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003035- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3036 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3037 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003038
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003039- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3040 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3041 driver that uses this:
Miquel Raynal1f1ae152018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003042 drivers/mtd/nand/raw/davinci_nand.c
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003043
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003044Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3045-----------------------------------
3046
3047The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3048loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3049This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3050are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3051within that device.
3052
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003053- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3054 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
Tom Rinifa911f82019-05-12 07:59:12 -04003055 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macro
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003056 is also specified.
3057
3058- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3059 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Tom Rinifa911f82019-05-12 07:59:12 -04003060 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macro
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003061 is also specified.
3062
3063- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3064 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3065 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3066 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3067 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3068
3069- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3070 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3071 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3072 virtual address in NOR flash.
3073
3074- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3075 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3076 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3077
3078- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3079 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3080 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3081
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003082- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3083 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3084 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003085 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3086 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3087 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003088
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003089Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3090---------------------------------------------------------
3091The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3092"firmware".
3093This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3094are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3095within that device.
3096
3097- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3098 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3099
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303100Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3101-------------------------------------------
3102The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3103"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3104This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3105
York Sun928b6812015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003106- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3107 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303108
Paul Kocialkowski7b917022015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003109Reproducible builds
3110-------------------
3111
3112In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3113process have to be set to a fixed value.
3114
3115This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3116SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3117option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3118
3119SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3120
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121Building the Software:
3122======================
3123
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003124Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3125and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3126all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3127(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3128recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3129which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003130
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003131If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3132have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3133you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3134Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3135necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003136
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003137 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3138 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003140U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3141sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003142is done by typing:
3143
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003144 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003145
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003146where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Heinrich Schuchardtd6e07af2020-02-24 18:36:30 +01003147rations; see configs/*_defconfig for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003148
Heinrich Schuchardtd6e07af2020-02-24 18:36:30 +01003149Note: for some boards special configuration names may exist; check if
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003150 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3151 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3152 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003153 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003155 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003156 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003158 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003159 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003161 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003164Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3165images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003167- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3168- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3169- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003171By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3172in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3173this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3174
31751. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3176
3177 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003178 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003179 make O=/tmp/build all
3180
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020031812. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003182
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003183 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003184 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003185 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003186 make all
3187
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003188Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003189variable.
3190
Daniel Schwierzeck88484422018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003191User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3192setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3193For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3194
3195 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003197Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3198for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3199native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003201
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003202If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3203to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3204steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +010032061. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003207 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003208 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
32092. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3210 your board.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000032113. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3212 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020032134. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000032145. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3215 to be installed on your target system.
32166. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3217 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003219
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003220Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3221==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003223If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3224or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003225provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
Thomas Hebbfd37f242019-11-13 18:18:03 -08003226the form of a "patch", i.e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003227official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003228
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003229But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3230cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003231the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003232just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3233configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3234will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3235for documentation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003237
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003238See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003241Monitor Commands - Overview:
3242============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003244go - start application at address 'addr'
3245run - run commands in an environment variable
3246bootm - boot application image from memory
3247bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003248bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003249tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3250 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3251 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003252tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003253rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3254diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3255loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3256loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3257md - memory display
3258mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3259nm - memory modify (constant address)
3260mw - memory write (fill)
3261cp - memory copy
3262cmp - memory compare
3263crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003264i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003265sspi - SPI utility commands
3266base - print or set address offset
3267printenv- print environment variables
3268setenv - set environment variables
3269saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3270protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3271erase - erase FLASH memory
3272flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003273nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003274bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3275iminfo - print header information for application image
3276coninfo - print console devices and informations
3277ide - IDE sub-system
3278loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003279loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003280mtest - simple RAM test
3281icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3282dcache - enable or disable data cache
3283reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3284echo - echo args to console
3285version - print monitor version
3286help - print online help
3287? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003288
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003290Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3291========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003293TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003294
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003295For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003296
3297
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003298Environment Variables:
3299======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003300
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003301U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3302can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003304Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3305"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3306without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3307environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3308working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3309environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003310
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003311Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3312
3313List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003314
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003315 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003316
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003317 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003318
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003319 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003320
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003321 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003323 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003324
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003325 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3326 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3327 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3328 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3329 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3330 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003331 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3332 bootm_mapsize.
3333
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003334 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003335 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3336 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3337 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3338 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3339 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3340 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003341
3342 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3343 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3344 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3345 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3346 environment variable.
3347
Simon Glassa8cab882019-07-20 20:51:17 -06003348 bootstopkeysha256, bootdelaykey, bootstopkey - See README.autoboot
3349
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003350 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3351 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3352 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3353
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003354 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3355 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3356 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3357 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003358
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003359 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3360 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3361 be automatically started (by internally calling
3362 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003364 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3365 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3366 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3367 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3368 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003370 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3371 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003372 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3373 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3374 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3375 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3376 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3377 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3378 access it during the boot procedure.
3379
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003380 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3381 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3382 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3383 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3384 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3385 must be accessible by the kernel.
3386
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003387 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3388 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3389 defined.
3390
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003391 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3392 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3393 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3394 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3395 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3396
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003397 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3398 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3399 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3400 is usually what you want since it allows for
3401 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3402 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003403 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003404 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3405 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3406 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3407 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003409 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3410 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3411 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3412 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3413 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3414 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003415
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003416 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003418 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3419 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3420 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3421 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3422 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3423 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3424 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003426 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003427
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003428 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3429 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003431 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003433 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003434
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003435 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003437 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003438
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003439 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003441 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003442
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003443 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3444 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003446 => setenv ethact FEC
3447 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3448 => setenv ethact SCC
3449 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003451 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3452 available network interfaces.
3453 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3454
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003455 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003456 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3457 When set to "once" the network operation will
3458 fail when all the available network interfaces
3459 are tried once without success.
3460 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3461 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003463 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003464
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003465 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003466 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3467 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3468 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3469 is silent.
3470
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003471 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003472 UDP source port.
3473
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003474 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003475 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3476
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003477 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3478 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3479
3480 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3481 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3482 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3483 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3484 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3485 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3486 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3487
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003488 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3489 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3490 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3491 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3492 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3493 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3494 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3495
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003496 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003497 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003499
Alexandre Messier15971322016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003500 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3501 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3502 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3503 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3504 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3505
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003506The following image location variables contain the location of images
3507used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3508not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3509variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3510server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3511loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3512flash or offset in NAND flash.
3513
3514*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevambb7d4972015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003515boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003516boards use these variables for other purposes.
3517
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003518Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3519----- --------- ----------- --------------
3520u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3521Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3522device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3523ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003524
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003525The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3526updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3527depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003528
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003529 bootfile - see above
3530 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3531 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3532 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3533 hostname - Target hostname
3534 ipaddr - see above
3535 netmask - Subnet Mask
3536 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3537 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003538
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003539
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003540There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003542 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3543 as type string and/or serial number
3544 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003545
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003546These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3547the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3548once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549
3550
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003551Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003553 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3554 with the "version" command. This variable is
3555 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003558Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3559only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003560
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003561
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003562Callback functions for environment variables:
3563---------------------------------------------
3564
3565For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003566when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003567be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3568deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3569effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3570
3571The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3572U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3573
3574These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3575static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3576in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3577associations. The list must be in the following format:
3578
3579 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3580 list = entry[,list]
3581
3582If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3583Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3584
3585Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3586with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3587override any association in the static list. You can define
3588CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003589".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003590
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003591If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3592regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3593the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3594
Heinrich Schuchardtc141fa52018-07-29 11:08:14 +02003595The signature of the callback functions is:
3596
3597 int callback(const char *name, const char *value, enum env_op op, int flags)
3598
3599* name - changed environment variable
3600* value - new value of the environment variable
3601* op - operation (create, overwrite, or delete)
3602* flags - attributes of the environment variable change, see flags H_* in
3603 include/search.h
3604
3605The return value is 0 if the variable change is accepted and 1 otherwise.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003606
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003607Command Line Parsing:
3608=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003609
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003610There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3611the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003613Old, simple command line parser:
3614--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003616- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3617- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003618- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003619- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3620 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003621 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003622- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3623 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003625Hush shell:
3626-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003628- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3629 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3630 until...do...done, ...
3631- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3632 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3633 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3634 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003635
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003636General rules:
3637--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003638
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003639(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3640 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3641 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3642 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003643
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003644(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003645 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003646 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3647 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003648
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003649Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3650=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003651
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003652Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3654"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3657MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3658"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003659
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3661in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3662ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3663variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003664
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003665o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3666 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003668o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3669 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3670 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003672o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3673 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003675o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3676 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3677 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003678
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003679o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershberger2dc2b5d2015-05-04 14:55:13 -05003680 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
3681 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003683If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003684will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003685may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3686The naming convention is as follows:
3687"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003689Image Formats:
3690==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003692U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3693images in two formats:
3694
3695New uImage format (FIT)
3696-----------------------
3697
3698Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3699to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3700components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3701SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3702
3703
3704Old uImage format
3705-----------------
3706
3707Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3708preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3709details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003711* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3712 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003713 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3714 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3715 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003716* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003717 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003718 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003719* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3720* Load Address
3721* Entry Point
3722* Image Name
3723* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003725The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3726and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3727CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003729
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003730Linux Support:
3731==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003732
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003733Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3734easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3735U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003736
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003737U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3738special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3739"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3740instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3741serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003743- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3744 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3745 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003746
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003747- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3748 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003750- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3751 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3752 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3753 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3754 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3755 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003758Linux HOWTO:
3759============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003761Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3762---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003763
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003764U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3765configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3766(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3767Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003769But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003771Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3772include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02003773Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3774and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003775as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06003777Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
3778If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
3779is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
3780doc/driver-model.
3781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003783Configuring the Linux kernel:
3784-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003786No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3787device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003790Building a Linux Image:
3791-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003793With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
3794not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
3795"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
3796U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
3797which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
3798100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003800Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003802 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003803 make oldconfig
3804 make dep
3805 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003807The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
3808encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
3809CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003811* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003813* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003815 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
3816 -R .note -R .comment \
3817 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003818
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003819* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003820
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003822
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003824
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003825 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
3826 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
3827 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003829
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003830The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
3831with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
3832combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
3833byte header containing information about target architecture,
3834operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
3835stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
3838print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003839
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003840In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
3841contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
3842checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003843
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003844 tools/mkimage -l image
3845 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003846
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003847The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
3848from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003849
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
3851 -n name -d data_file image
3852 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
3853 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
3854 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
3855 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
3856 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
3857 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
3858 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
3859 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003860
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00003861Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
3862address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
3863kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003864
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003865- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
3866- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003870 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3871 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003872 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003873 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
3874 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3875 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3876 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3877 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3878 Load Address: 0x00000000
3879 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003881To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
3884 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3885 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3886 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3887 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3888 Load Address: 0x00000000
3889 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
3892speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
3893needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
3894need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003896 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003897 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3898 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003899 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003900 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
3901 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3902 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3903 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
3904 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
3905 Load Address: 0x00000000
3906 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
3910when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
3913 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
3914 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
3915 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
3916 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
3917 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
3918 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
3919 Load Address: 0x00000000
3920 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07003922The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
3923option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
3924option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
3925from the image:
3926
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02003927 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
3928 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
3929 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
3930 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07003931
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003933Installing a Linux Image:
3934-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003935
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
3937you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003939 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
3942image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
3943address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
3944specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
3945command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
3948TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003952 .......... done
3953 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003955 => loads 40100000
3956 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
3957 ~>examples/image.srec
3958 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
3959 ...
3960 15989 15990 15991 15992
3961 [file transfer complete]
3962 [connected]
3963 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003966You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003967this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003968corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003972 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
3973 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
3974 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3975 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
3976 Load Address: 00000000
3977 Entry Point: 0000000c
3978 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
3980
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003981Boot Linux:
3982-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
3985memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
3986of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
3987parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
3988"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003991 => printenv bootargs
3992 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003996 => printenv bootargs
3997 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003999 => bootm 40020000
4000 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4001 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4002 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4003 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4004 Load Address: 00000000
4005 Entry Point: 0000000c
4006 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4007 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4008 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4009 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4010 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4011 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4012 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4013 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004015If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004016the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4017format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004021 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4022 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4023 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4024 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4025 Load Address: 00000000
4026 Entry Point: 0000000c
4027 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004029 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4030 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4031 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4032 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4033 Load Address: 00000000
4034 Entry Point: 00000000
4035 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4038 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4039 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4040 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4041 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4042 Load Address: 00000000
4043 Entry Point: 0000000c
4044 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4045 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4046 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4047 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4048 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4049 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4050 Load Address: 00000000
4051 Entry Point: 00000000
4052 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4053 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4054 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4055 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4056 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4057 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4058 ...
4059 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4060 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004064Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4065-----------
4066
4067First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4068titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4069following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4070flat device tree:
4071
4072=> print oftaddr
4073oftaddr=0x300000
4074=> print oft
4075oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4076=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4077Speed: 1000, full duplex
4078Using TSEC0 device
4079TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4080Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4081Load address: 0x300000
4082Loading: #
4083done
4084Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4085=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4086Speed: 1000, full duplex
4087Using TSEC0 device
4088TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4089Filename 'uImage'.
4090Load address: 0x200000
4091Loading:############
4092done
4093Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4094=> print loadaddr
4095loadaddr=200000
4096=> print oftaddr
4097oftaddr=0x300000
4098=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4099## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004100 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4101 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4102 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004103 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004104 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004105 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4106 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4107Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4108Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4109Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4110[snip]
4111
4112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113More About U-Boot Image Types:
4114------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004115
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004118 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4119 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4120 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4121 the Standalone Program.
4122 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4123 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4124 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4125 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4126 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4127 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4128 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4129 being started.
4130 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4131 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4132 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4133 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4134 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4135 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4138 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4139 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4140 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4141 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4142 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004143
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4145 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4146 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004147
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004148 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4149 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4150 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4151 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004152
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004153Booting the Linux zImage:
4154-------------------------
4155
4156On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4157using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4158as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4159
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004160Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004161kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4162address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4163format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4164
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004165
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004166Standalone HOWTO:
4167=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004168
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004169One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4170run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4171U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004172
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175"Hello World" Demo:
4176-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4179application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4180It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4181like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004183 => loads
4184 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4185 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4186 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4187 [file transfer complete]
4188 [connected]
4189 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4192 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4193 Hello World
4194 argc = 7
4195 argv[0] = "40004"
4196 argv[1] = "Hello"
4197 argv[2] = "World!"
4198 argv[3] = "This"
4199 argv[4] = "is"
4200 argv[5] = "a"
4201 argv[6] = "test."
4202 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4203 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4208handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4209Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4210The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4211character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4212controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4215 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4216 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4217 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219 => loads
4220 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4221 ~>examples/timer.srec
4222 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4223 [file transfer complete]
4224 [connected]
4225 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227 => go 40004
4228 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4229 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4230 Using timer 1
4231 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233Hit 'b':
4234 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4235 Enabling timer
4236Hit '?':
4237 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4238 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4239Hit '?':
4240 [q, b, e, ?] .
4241 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4242Hit '?':
4243 [q, b, e, ?] .
4244 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4245Hit '?':
4246 [q, b, e, ?] .
4247 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4248Hit 'e':
4249 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4250Hit 'q':
4251 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004254Minicom warning:
4255================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4258"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4259consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4260Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4261especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004262use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4263http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4264for help with kermit.
4265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4268configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004270 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4271 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4272 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004273
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004274
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275NetBSD Notes:
4276=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4279(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004280
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4282NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4283need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4284Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4285attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4286missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004287
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004288 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4289 # mkdir powerpc
4290 # ln -s powerpc machine
4291 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4292 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004293
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4295and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004297Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4298stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4299proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4300tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004301meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004304Implementation Internals:
4305=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004307The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4308implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4309inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4310hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313Initial Stack, Global Data:
4314---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4317starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4318system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4319This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4320is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4321at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4322options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4323models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4324MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4325locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004327 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004328 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4331 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4332 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4333 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4336 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4337 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4338 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4339 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004340 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4342 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004344 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4345 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004346 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004347 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4348 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4349 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4350 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004352 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4354 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004355 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4357 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4358 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4359 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4360 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004361
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362 -Chris Hallinan
4363 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004364
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4366code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004367
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4369 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004370
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004371* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4373 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004374
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4376 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004377
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004379normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4381simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4382functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4383functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4384the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4385place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4386reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4389relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4390GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4393 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004394 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4396 R5-R10: parameter passing
4397 R13: small data area pointer
4398 R30: GOT pointer
4399 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004400
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004401 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4402 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4403 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004405 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4408 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4409 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4410 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4411 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4412 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 R0: function argument word/integer result
4417 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004418 R9: platform specific
4419 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4421 R12: temporary workspace
4422 R13: stack pointer
4423 R14: link register
4424 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004426 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4427
4428 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004430On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4431 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4432
4433 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4434
4435 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4436 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4437
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004438On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4439
4440 R0-R1: argument/return
4441 R2-R5: argument
4442 R15: temporary register for assembler
4443 R16: trampoline register
4444 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4445 R29: global pointer (GP)
4446 R30: link register (LP)
4447 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4448 PC: program counter (PC)
4449
4450 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4451
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004452NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4453or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004454
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004455On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4456
4457 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4458 x1: return address (ra)
4459 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4460 x3: global pointer (gp)
4461 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4462 x5: link register (t0)
4463 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4464 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4465 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4466 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4467 pc: program counter (pc)
4468
4469 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4470
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471Memory Management:
4472------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004474U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4475MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004476
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004477The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4478controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4479memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4480physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4483TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4484booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4485to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004486memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4488Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4491of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4494this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4497 :
4498 0x0000 1FFF
4499 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4500 :
4501 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004503 :
4504 :
4505 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4506 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4507 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4508 :
4509 0x00FD FFFF
4510 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4511 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4512 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4513 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004514
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516System Initialization:
4517----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004518
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004519In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004520(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004521configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4523To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4524initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004525which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4526cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4527the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4530preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4531(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4532on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4533programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4534simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4535banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004536
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004537When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4538different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4539bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
45400x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4541contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4544and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4545Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4546pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4549until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4550running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4551new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554U-Boot Porting Guide:
4555----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4558list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004561int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004562{
4563 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004565 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4566 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004569 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570 return 0;
4571 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00004574
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004575 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004577 if (clueless)
4578 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580 while (learning) {
4581 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004582 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
Patrick Delaunay9b281fa2020-02-28 15:18:10 +01004583 Read applicable doc/README.*;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004585 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004588 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4589 Buy a BDI3000;
4590 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004591 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004593 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4594 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4595 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4596 } else {
4597 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4598 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
4599 }
4600 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4601 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004602
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004603 while (!accepted) {
4604 while (!running) {
4605 do {
4606 Add / modify source code;
4607 } until (compiles);
4608 Debug;
4609 if (clueless)
4610 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4611 }
4612 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4613 if (reasonable critiques)
4614 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4615 else
4616 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004617 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619 return 0;
4620}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622void no_more_time (int sig)
4623{
4624 hire_a_guru();
4625}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628Coding Standards:
4629-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siachb1081252017-12-10 17:34:35 +02004632coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
4633https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
4634script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004635
4636Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4637MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004638reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004639sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004641Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4642Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4643in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00004644
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4646- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004647- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004649- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4653with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656Submitting Patches:
4657-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4660establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4661may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004662
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004663Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004664
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004665Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childsda6d34c2017-11-14 22:56:42 -08004666see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4669it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4672 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4673 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4676 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004677
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -05004678* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
4679 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02004681* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
4682 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004683
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004684* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4685 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004687* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4688 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004689 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004690 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4691 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00004692
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004693 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4694 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4695 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004696
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004697 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4698 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4699 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4700 affected files).
4701
4702 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4703 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004704
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004705* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4706 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00004707
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004708* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4709 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004710
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004712Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004714* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4716 for any of the boards.
4717
4718* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4719 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4720 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4723 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4724 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4725 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4726 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4727 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004728
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004729* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4730 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4731 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4732 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.